6720 lines
194 KiB
C
6720 lines
194 KiB
C
/* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
|
||
Copyright (C) 1996-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
|
||
|
||
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
|
||
|
||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||
|
||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||
|
||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
|
||
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||
|
||
#include "sysdep.h"
|
||
#include "bfd.h"
|
||
#include "bfdlink.h"
|
||
#include "libbfd.h"
|
||
#include "elf-bfd.h"
|
||
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
|
||
#include "elf/sh.h"
|
||
#include "dwarf2.h"
|
||
#include "libiberty.h"
|
||
#include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
|
||
|
||
/* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
|
||
#define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
|
||
|
||
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
|
||
(bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
|
||
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
|
||
(bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
|
||
static bool sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
|
||
(bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
|
||
static bool sh_elf_align_loads
|
||
(bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bool *);
|
||
static bool sh_elf_swap_insns
|
||
(bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
|
||
static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
|
||
(struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
|
||
static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
|
||
(struct bfd_link_info *);
|
||
static bfd_vma tpoff
|
||
(struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
|
||
|
||
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
|
||
section. */
|
||
|
||
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
|
||
|
||
/* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
|
||
#define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
|
||
|
||
#define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
|
||
|
||
/* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
|
||
not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
|
||
its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
|
||
#define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
|
||
(SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
|
||
|| ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
||
|
||
#define SH_PARTIAL32 true
|
||
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
|
||
#define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
|
||
static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
|
||
{
|
||
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
#define SH_PARTIAL32 false
|
||
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
|
||
#define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
|
||
static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
|
||
{
|
||
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
|
||
extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
|
||
extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
|
||
|
||
return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
|
||
|| abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
|
||
#else
|
||
return false;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
|
||
extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
|
||
extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
|
||
|
||
return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
|
||
|| abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
|
||
#else
|
||
return false;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
|
||
|
||
static reloc_howto_type *
|
||
get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
|
||
{
|
||
if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
|
||
return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
|
||
return sh_elf_howto_table;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bfd_reloc_status_type
|
||
sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
|
||
asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
|
||
bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
|
||
bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
|
||
{
|
||
static bfd_vma last_addr;
|
||
static asection *last_symbol_section;
|
||
bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
|
||
int diff, cum_diff;
|
||
bfd_signed_vma x;
|
||
int insn;
|
||
|
||
/* Sanity check the address. */
|
||
if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
|
||
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
||
|
||
/* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
|
||
although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
|
||
if (! last_addr)
|
||
{
|
||
last_addr = addr;
|
||
last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
|
||
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
}
|
||
if (last_addr != addr)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
last_addr = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
|
||
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
||
|
||
/* Get the symbol_section contents. */
|
||
if (symbol_section != input_section)
|
||
{
|
||
if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
|
||
contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
|
||
&contents))
|
||
{
|
||
free (contents);
|
||
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
#define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
|
||
start_ptr = contents + start;
|
||
for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
|
||
{
|
||
for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
|
||
ptr -= 2;
|
||
ptr += 2;
|
||
diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
|
||
cum_diff += diff & 1;
|
||
cum_diff += diff;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
|
||
so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
|
||
addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
|
||
if (cum_diff >= 0)
|
||
{
|
||
start -= 4;
|
||
end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
|
||
|
||
while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
|
||
start0 -= 2;
|
||
start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
|
||
start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
|
||
end = start0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
|
||
free (contents);
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
|
||
|
||
x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
|
||
if (input_section != symbol_section)
|
||
x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
|
||
- (input_section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ input_section->output_offset));
|
||
x >>= 1;
|
||
if (x < -128 || x > 127)
|
||
return bfd_reloc_overflow;
|
||
|
||
x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
|
||
|
||
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
|
||
function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_reloc_status_type
|
||
sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
|
||
void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
|
||
char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma insn;
|
||
bfd_vma sym_value;
|
||
enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
|
||
bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
|
||
bfd_size_type octets = addr * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
|
||
bfd_byte *hit_data = (bfd_byte *) data + octets;
|
||
|
||
r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
|
||
|
||
if (output_bfd != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Partial linking--do nothing. */
|
||
reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
||
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
|
||
done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
|
||
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
|
||
if (symbol_in != NULL
|
||
&& bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
|
||
return bfd_reloc_undefined;
|
||
|
||
/* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98. */
|
||
if (octets + bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto)
|
||
> bfd_get_section_limit_octets (abfd, input_section))
|
||
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
|
||
sym_value = 0;
|
||
else
|
||
sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
|
||
symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
|
||
symbol_in->section->output_offset);
|
||
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_SH_DIR32:
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
|
||
insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
|
||
break;
|
||
case R_SH_IND12W:
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
|
||
sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
|
||
sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ input_section->output_offset
|
||
+ addr
|
||
+ 4);
|
||
sym_value += (((insn & 0xfff) ^ 0x800) - 0x800) << 1;
|
||
insn = (insn & 0xf000) | ((sym_value >> 1) & 0xfff);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
|
||
if (sym_value + 0x1000 >= 0x2000 || (sym_value & 1) != 0)
|
||
return bfd_reloc_overflow;
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
|
||
which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_reloc_status_type
|
||
sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
|
||
asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
|
||
bfd *output_bfd,
|
||
char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
if (output_bfd != NULL)
|
||
reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
||
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
|
||
|
||
struct elf_reloc_map
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
|
||
unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
|
||
|
||
static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
|
||
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
|
||
corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
|
||
|
||
static reloc_howto_type *
|
||
sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int i;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
|
||
return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static reloc_howto_type *
|
||
sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int i;
|
||
|
||
if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = 0;
|
||
i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
|
||
/ sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
|
||
i++)
|
||
if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
|
||
&& strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
|
||
return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = 0;
|
||
i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
|
||
/ sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
|
||
i++)
|
||
if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
|
||
&& strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
|
||
return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int r;
|
||
|
||
r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
|
||
|
||
if (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
|
||
|| (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
|
||
|| (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
|
||
|| (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
|
||
|| (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
|
||
|| (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5))
|
||
{
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
|
||
abfd, r);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
|
||
function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
|
||
There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
|
||
specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
|
||
into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
|
||
could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
|
||
functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
|
||
values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
|
||
they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bool *again)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
|
||
bool have_code;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
|
||
bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
|
||
|
||
*again = false;
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
|
||
|| (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
||
|| sec->reloc_count == 0)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
|
||
|
||
internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
|
||
(abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
|
||
link_info->keep_memory));
|
||
if (internal_relocs == NULL)
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
|
||
have_code = false;
|
||
|
||
irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
||
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
|
||
unsigned short insn;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
|
||
bfd_signed_vma foff;
|
||
|
||
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
|
||
have_code = true;
|
||
|
||
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Get the section contents. */
|
||
if (contents == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
|
||
contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
|
||
the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
|
||
computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
|
||
from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
|
||
laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
|
||
if (laddr >= sec->size)
|
||
{
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
|
||
abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
|
||
|
||
/* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
|
||
do. */
|
||
if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
|
||
"R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
|
||
abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset, insn);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
|
||
displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
|
||
displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
|
||
before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
|
||
of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
|
||
on a four byte boundary. */
|
||
paddr = insn & 0xff;
|
||
paddr *= 4;
|
||
paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
|
||
if (paddr >= sec->size)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
|
||
abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
|
||
being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
|
||
actually being called. */
|
||
for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
|
||
if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
|
||
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
|
||
break;
|
||
if (irelfn >= irelend)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: could not find expected reloc"),
|
||
abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
|
||
if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
|
||
if (isymbuf == NULL)
|
||
isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
|
||
symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
|
||
NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
||
if (isymbuf == NULL)
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
|
||
if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
{
|
||
/* A local symbol. */
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
||
|
||
isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
|
||
if (isym->st_shndx
|
||
!= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
|
||
abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
symval = (isym->st_value
|
||
+ sec->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sec->output_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned long indx;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
||
|
||
indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
||
h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
|
||
if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
|
||
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
||
{
|
||
/* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
|
||
symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
|
||
regular reloc processing. */
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
symval = (h->root.u.def.value
|
||
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
|
||
symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
|
||
else
|
||
symval += irelfn->r_addend;
|
||
|
||
/* See if this function call can be shortened. */
|
||
foff = (symval
|
||
- (irel->r_offset
|
||
+ sec->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sec->output_offset
|
||
+ 4));
|
||
/* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
|
||
.align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
|
||
So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
|
||
that. */
|
||
if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
|
||
{
|
||
/* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Shorten the function call. */
|
||
|
||
/* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
|
||
contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
|
||
must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
|
||
information. It would be possible to instead create a table
|
||
of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
|
||
that would be more work, but would require less memory when
|
||
the linker is run. */
|
||
|
||
elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
|
||
elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
|
||
symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
|
||
|
||
/* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
|
||
|
||
/* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
|
||
replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
|
||
irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
|
||
/* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
|
||
not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
|
||
a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
|
||
the value of the symbol is not available. */
|
||
|
||
/* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
|
||
symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
|
||
the final link phase handle it. */
|
||
if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
|
||
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
|
||
else
|
||
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
|
||
|
||
irel->r_addend = -4;
|
||
|
||
/* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
|
||
DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
|
||
the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
|
||
have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
|
||
irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
|
||
|
||
/* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
|
||
register load. */
|
||
for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
|
||
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
|
||
&& laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
|
||
break;
|
||
if (irelscan < irelend)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
|
||
and we have not yet converted that function call.
|
||
Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
|
||
nothing else we can do at this point. */
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
|
||
function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
|
||
bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
|
||
for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
|
||
if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
|
||
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Delete the register load. */
|
||
if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
|
||
/* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
|
||
other function call to come within range, we should relax
|
||
again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
|
||
*again = true;
|
||
|
||
/* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
|
||
if (irelcount >= irelend)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
|
||
"could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
|
||
abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
|
||
just deleted one. */
|
||
if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad count"),
|
||
abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
--irelcount->r_addend;
|
||
|
||
/* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
|
||
the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
|
||
previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
|
||
if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We've done all we can with that function call. */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
|
||
byte boundaries. */
|
||
if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
|
||
&& have_code)
|
||
{
|
||
bool swapped;
|
||
|
||
/* Get the section contents. */
|
||
if (contents == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
|
||
contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
|
||
&swapped))
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
|
||
if (swapped)
|
||
{
|
||
elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
|
||
elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
|
||
symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (isymbuf != NULL
|
||
&& symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
|
||
{
|
||
if (! link_info->keep_memory)
|
||
free (isymbuf);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
|
||
symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (contents != NULL
|
||
&& elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
|
||
{
|
||
if (! link_info->keep_memory)
|
||
free (contents);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
|
||
elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
|
||
free (internal_relocs);
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
error_return:
|
||
if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
|
||
free (isymbuf);
|
||
if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
|
||
free (contents);
|
||
if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
|
||
free (internal_relocs);
|
||
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
|
||
lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
|
||
in coff-sh.c. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
|
||
int count)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
||
unsigned int sec_shndx;
|
||
bfd_byte *contents;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
|
||
bfd_vma toaddr;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
|
||
unsigned int symcount;
|
||
asection *o;
|
||
|
||
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
|
||
isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
|
||
|
||
sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
|
||
|
||
contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
|
||
|
||
/* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an alignment
|
||
power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
|
||
|
||
irelalign = NULL;
|
||
toaddr = sec->size;
|
||
|
||
irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
|
||
irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
|
||
for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
|
||
&& irel->r_offset > addr
|
||
&& count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
|
||
{
|
||
irelalign = irel;
|
||
toaddr = irel->r_offset;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Actually delete the bytes. */
|
||
memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
|
||
(size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
|
||
if (irelalign == NULL)
|
||
sec->size -= count;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
#define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
|
||
for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
|
||
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Adjust all the relocs. */
|
||
for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
|
||
bfd_vma start = 0;
|
||
int insn = 0;
|
||
int off, adjust, oinsn;
|
||
bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
|
||
bool overflow;
|
||
|
||
/* Get the new reloc address. */
|
||
nraddr = irel->r_offset;
|
||
if ((irel->r_offset > addr
|
||
&& irel->r_offset < toaddr)
|
||
|| (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
|
||
&& irel->r_offset == toaddr))
|
||
nraddr -= count;
|
||
|
||
/* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
|
||
case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
|
||
represent addresses, though. */
|
||
if (irel->r_offset >= addr
|
||
&& irel->r_offset < addr + count
|
||
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
|
||
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
|
||
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
|
||
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
|
||
irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
|
||
(int) R_SH_NONE);
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
|
||
includes the bytes we have deleted. */
|
||
switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
|
||
case R_SH_IND12W:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
|
||
start = irel->r_offset;
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
start = stop = addr;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR32:
|
||
/* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
|
||
section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
|
||
must check the addend to see it will put the value in
|
||
range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
|
||
if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
{
|
||
isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
|
||
if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
|
||
&& (isym->st_value <= addr
|
||
|| isym->st_value >= toaddr))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma val;
|
||
|
||
if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
|
||
{
|
||
val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
|
||
val += isym->st_value;
|
||
if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
|
||
bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
|
||
if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
|
||
irel->r_addend -= count;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
start = stop = addr;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
|
||
off = insn & 0xff;
|
||
if (off & 0x80)
|
||
off -= 0x100;
|
||
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_IND12W:
|
||
off = insn & 0xfff;
|
||
if (! off)
|
||
{
|
||
/* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
|
||
relocation will be against an external symbol, the
|
||
final relocation will just do the right thing. */
|
||
start = stop = addr;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (off & 0x800)
|
||
off -= 0x1000;
|
||
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
|
||
|
||
/* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
|
||
for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
|
||
start of the section.
|
||
N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
|
||
test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
|
||
account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
|
||
if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
|
||
irel->r_addend -= count;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
|
||
off = insn & 0xff;
|
||
stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
|
||
off = insn & 0xff;
|
||
stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_SWITCH8:
|
||
case R_SH_SWITCH16:
|
||
case R_SH_SWITCH32:
|
||
/* These relocs types represent
|
||
.word L2-L1
|
||
The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
|
||
address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
|
||
adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
|
||
both the r_offset field and the section contents.
|
||
N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
|
||
and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
|
||
|
||
stop = irel->r_offset;
|
||
start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
|
||
|
||
if (start > addr
|
||
&& start < toaddr
|
||
&& (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
|
||
irel->r_addend += count;
|
||
else if (stop > addr
|
||
&& stop < toaddr
|
||
&& (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
|
||
irel->r_addend -= count;
|
||
|
||
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
|
||
voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
|
||
else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
|
||
voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
|
||
else
|
||
voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
|
||
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
|
||
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_USES:
|
||
start = irel->r_offset;
|
||
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
|
||
+ (long) irel->r_addend
|
||
+ 4);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (start > addr
|
||
&& start < toaddr
|
||
&& (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
|
||
adjust = count;
|
||
else if (stop > addr
|
||
&& stop < toaddr
|
||
&& (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
|
||
adjust = - count;
|
||
else
|
||
adjust = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (adjust != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
oinsn = insn;
|
||
overflow = false;
|
||
switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
|
||
insn += adjust / 2;
|
||
if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
|
||
overflow = true;
|
||
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_IND12W:
|
||
insn += adjust / 2;
|
||
if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
|
||
overflow = true;
|
||
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
|
||
if (count >= 4)
|
||
insn += adjust / 4;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
|
||
++insn;
|
||
}
|
||
if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
|
||
overflow = true;
|
||
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_SWITCH8:
|
||
voff += adjust;
|
||
if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
|
||
overflow = true;
|
||
bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_SWITCH16:
|
||
voff += adjust;
|
||
if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
|
||
overflow = true;
|
||
bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_SWITCH32:
|
||
voff += adjust;
|
||
bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_USES:
|
||
irel->r_addend += adjust;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (overflow)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
|
||
abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
irel->r_offset = nraddr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
|
||
relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
|
||
below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
|
||
for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
|
||
bfd_byte *ocontents;
|
||
|
||
if (o == sec
|
||
|| (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
||
|| o->reloc_count == 0)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
|
||
FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
|
||
leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
|
||
internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
|
||
(abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, true));
|
||
if (internal_relocs == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
ocontents = NULL;
|
||
irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
|
||
for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
|
||
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma start, stop;
|
||
bfd_signed_vma voff;
|
||
|
||
if (ocontents == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
|
||
ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* We always cache the section contents.
|
||
Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
|
||
should free them, if we are permitted to,
|
||
when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
|
||
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
|
||
{
|
||
free (ocontents);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
stop = irelscan->r_offset;
|
||
start
|
||
= (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
|
||
|
||
/* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
|
||
if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
|
||
irelscan->r_addend += count;
|
||
|
||
voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
|
||
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
|
||
|
||
if (start > addr
|
||
&& start < toaddr
|
||
&& (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
|
||
bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
|
||
ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
|
||
else if (stop > addr
|
||
&& stop < toaddr
|
||
&& (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
|
||
bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
|
||
ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
|
||
isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
|
||
if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
|
||
&& (isym->st_value <= addr
|
||
|| isym->st_value >= toaddr))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma val;
|
||
|
||
if (ocontents == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
|
||
ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* We always cache the section contents.
|
||
Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
|
||
should free them, if we are permitted to,
|
||
when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
|
||
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
|
||
{
|
||
free (ocontents);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
|
||
val += isym->st_value;
|
||
if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
|
||
bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
|
||
ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
|
||
isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
||
for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
|
||
&& isym->st_value > addr
|
||
&& isym->st_value < toaddr)
|
||
isym->st_value -= count;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
|
||
symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
|
||
- symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
||
end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
|
||
for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
|
||
if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
||
|| sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
||
&& sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
|
||
&& sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
|
||
&& sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
|
||
{
|
||
sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
|
||
r_offset for it already. */
|
||
if (irelalign != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
|
||
|
||
alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
|
||
alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
|
||
1 << irelalign->r_addend);
|
||
if (alignto != alignaddr)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Tail recursion. */
|
||
return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
|
||
(int) (alignto - alignaddr));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
|
||
boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
|
||
bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
bool *pswapped)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
|
||
bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
|
||
bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
|
||
bfd_size_type amt;
|
||
|
||
*pswapped = false;
|
||
|
||
irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
||
|
||
/* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
|
||
amt = sec->reloc_count;
|
||
amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
|
||
labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
||
if (labels == NULL)
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
label_end = labels;
|
||
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
|
||
{
|
||
*label_end = irel->r_offset;
|
||
++label_end;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
|
||
address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
|
||
the label values and the relocs. */
|
||
|
||
label = labels;
|
||
|
||
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma start, stop;
|
||
|
||
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
start = irel->r_offset;
|
||
|
||
for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
||
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
|
||
break;
|
||
if (irel < irelend)
|
||
stop = irel->r_offset;
|
||
else
|
||
stop = sec->size;
|
||
|
||
if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
|
||
internal_relocs, &label,
|
||
label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
free (labels);
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
error_return:
|
||
free (labels);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
|
||
bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
|
||
unsigned short i1, i2;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
|
||
|
||
/* Swap the instructions themselves. */
|
||
i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
|
||
i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
|
||
|
||
/* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
|
||
irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
||
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
||
{
|
||
enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
|
||
int add;
|
||
|
||
/* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
|
||
adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
|
||
but are only associated with the address. */
|
||
type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
|
||
if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
|
||
|| type == R_SH_CODE
|
||
|| type == R_SH_DATA
|
||
|| type == R_SH_LABEL)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
|
||
swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
|
||
for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
|
||
instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
|
||
around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
|
||
instruction it shouldn't). */
|
||
if (type == R_SH_USES)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma off;
|
||
|
||
off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
|
||
if (off == addr)
|
||
irel->r_offset += 2;
|
||
else if (off == addr + 2)
|
||
irel->r_offset -= 2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (irel->r_offset == addr)
|
||
{
|
||
irel->r_offset += 2;
|
||
add = -2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
|
||
{
|
||
irel->r_offset -= 2;
|
||
add = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
add = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (add != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
unsigned short insn, oinsn;
|
||
bool overflow;
|
||
|
||
loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
|
||
overflow = false;
|
||
switch (type)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
|
||
oinsn = insn;
|
||
insn += add / 2;
|
||
if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
|
||
overflow = true;
|
||
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_IND12W:
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
|
||
oinsn = insn;
|
||
insn += add / 2;
|
||
if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
|
||
overflow = true;
|
||
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
|
||
/* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
|
||
the program counter before adding in the offset.
|
||
This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
|
||
swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
|
||
odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
|
||
four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
|
||
if ((addr & 3) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
|
||
oinsn = insn;
|
||
insn += add / 2;
|
||
if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
|
||
overflow = true;
|
||
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (overflow)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
|
||
abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
|
||
|
||
struct elf_sh_plt_info
|
||
{
|
||
/* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
|
||
first entry. */
|
||
const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
|
||
|
||
/* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
|
||
bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
|
||
|
||
/* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
|
||
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
|
||
if there is no such pointer. */
|
||
bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
|
||
|
||
/* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
|
||
const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
|
||
|
||
/* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
|
||
bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
|
||
|
||
/* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
|
||
on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
|
||
that the field must hold. */
|
||
struct {
|
||
bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
|
||
bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
|
||
bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
|
||
bool got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20 instruction
|
||
(instead of a constant pool entry). */
|
||
} symbol_fields;
|
||
|
||
/* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
|
||
bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
|
||
|
||
/* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
|
||
MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
|
||
other cases. */
|
||
const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
|
||
|
||
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
|
||
|
||
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
|
||
|
||
/* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
|
||
GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
|
||
corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
|
||
to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
|
||
and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
|
||
ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
|
||
since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
|
||
greater than or equal to 12. */
|
||
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
|
||
0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
||
0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
|
||
0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
|
||
0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
||
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
|
||
0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
||
0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
|
||
0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
|
||
0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
||
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
|
||
this. */
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
|
||
0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
|
||
0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
|
||
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
|
||
0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
|
||
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
|
||
0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
||
0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
|
||
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
|
||
0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
|
||
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
|
||
0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
|
||
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
|
||
0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
|
||
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
|
||
0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
|
||
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
|
||
0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
|
||
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
|
||
{
|
||
{
|
||
/* Big-endian non-PIC. */
|
||
elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
|
||
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
|
||
elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
|
||
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 20, 16, 24, false },
|
||
8,
|
||
NULL
|
||
},
|
||
{
|
||
/* Little-endian non-PIC. */
|
||
elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
|
||
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
|
||
elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
|
||
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 20, 16, 24, false },
|
||
8,
|
||
NULL
|
||
},
|
||
},
|
||
{
|
||
{
|
||
/* Big-endian PIC. */
|
||
elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
|
||
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
||
elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
|
||
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false },
|
||
8,
|
||
NULL
|
||
},
|
||
{
|
||
/* Little-endian PIC. */
|
||
elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
|
||
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
||
elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
|
||
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false },
|
||
8,
|
||
NULL
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
#define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
|
||
#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
|
||
0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
|
||
0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
|
||
0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
|
||
0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
||
0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
||
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
|
||
0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
||
0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
||
0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
||
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
|
||
0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
||
0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
||
0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
|
||
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
|
||
0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
||
0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
|
||
0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
||
0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
|
||
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
|
||
0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
||
0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
|
||
0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
|
||
{
|
||
{
|
||
/* Big-endian non-PIC. */
|
||
vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
|
||
VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
|
||
vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
|
||
VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 8, 14, 20, false },
|
||
12,
|
||
NULL
|
||
},
|
||
{
|
||
/* Little-endian non-PIC. */
|
||
vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
|
||
VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
|
||
vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
|
||
VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 8, 14, 20, false },
|
||
12,
|
||
NULL
|
||
},
|
||
},
|
||
{
|
||
{
|
||
/* Big-endian PIC. */
|
||
NULL,
|
||
0,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
||
vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
|
||
VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false },
|
||
12,
|
||
NULL
|
||
},
|
||
{
|
||
/* Little-endian PIC. */
|
||
NULL,
|
||
0,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
||
vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
|
||
VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false },
|
||
12,
|
||
NULL
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
|
||
binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
|
||
and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
|
||
cache behavior. */
|
||
|
||
#define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
|
||
#define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
|
||
|
||
/* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
|
||
duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
|
||
right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
|
||
might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
|
||
stubs separately. */
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
|
||
0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
|
||
0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
|
||
0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
|
||
0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
||
0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
|
||
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
|
||
0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
|
||
0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
|
||
0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
|
||
0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
||
0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
|
||
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
|
||
{
|
||
/* Big-endian PIC. */
|
||
NULL,
|
||
0,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
||
fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
|
||
FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
|
||
FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
|
||
NULL
|
||
},
|
||
{
|
||
/* Little-endian PIC. */
|
||
NULL,
|
||
0,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
||
fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
|
||
FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
|
||
FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
|
||
NULL
|
||
},
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
|
||
entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
|
||
past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
|
||
but would not be any smaller. */
|
||
|
||
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
|
||
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
|
||
0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
|
||
0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
|
||
0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
|
||
0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
||
0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
|
||
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
|
||
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
||
{
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
|
||
0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
|
||
0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
|
||
0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
|
||
0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
||
0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
|
||
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
||
0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
|
||
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
|
||
/* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
|
||
NULL,
|
||
0,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
||
fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
|
||
FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true },
|
||
FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
|
||
NULL
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
|
||
/* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
|
||
NULL,
|
||
0,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
||
fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
|
||
FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true },
|
||
FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
|
||
NULL
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
|
||
{
|
||
/* Big-endian PIC. */
|
||
NULL,
|
||
0,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
||
fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
|
||
FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
|
||
FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
|
||
&fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
|
||
},
|
||
{
|
||
/* Little-endian PIC. */
|
||
NULL,
|
||
0,
|
||
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
||
fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
|
||
FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
||
{ 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
|
||
FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
|
||
&fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
|
||
},
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
|
||
the object is position-independent. */
|
||
|
||
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
|
||
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bool pic_p)
|
||
{
|
||
if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
|
||
sequence. */
|
||
if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
|
||
return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
|
||
else
|
||
return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
|
||
}
|
||
if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
|
||
return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
|
||
return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
|
||
VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
|
||
not data. */
|
||
|
||
inline static void
|
||
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bool code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
|
||
Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
|
||
20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
|
||
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
|
||
#define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
|
||
|
||
/* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_vma
|
||
get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
|
||
|
||
offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
|
||
if (info->short_plt != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
|
||
{
|
||
plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
|
||
offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
info = info->short_plt;
|
||
}
|
||
return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Do the inverse operation. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_vma
|
||
get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma offset = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (info->short_plt != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
|
||
{
|
||
offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
|
||
plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
info = info->short_plt;
|
||
}
|
||
return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
|
||
+ (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
union gotref
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_signed_vma refcount;
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
|
||
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
|
||
|
||
bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
|
||
|
||
/* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
|
||
R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
|
||
relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
|
||
for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
|
||
MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
|
||
managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
|
||
During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
|
||
descriptor will be canonical. */
|
||
union gotref funcdesc;
|
||
|
||
/* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
|
||
and thus require fixups or relocations. */
|
||
bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
|
||
|
||
enum got_type {
|
||
GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
|
||
} got_type;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
#define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
|
||
|
||
struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_obj_tdata root;
|
||
|
||
/* got_type for each local got entry. */
|
||
char *local_got_type;
|
||
|
||
/* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
|
||
union gotref *local_funcdesc;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
#define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
|
||
((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
|
||
|
||
#define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
|
||
(sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
|
||
|
||
#define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
|
||
(sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
|
||
|
||
#define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
|
||
(bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
|
||
&& elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
|
||
&& elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
|
||
|
||
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
|
||
as the specific tdata. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
|
||
{
|
||
return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
|
||
SH_ELF_DATA);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* sh ELF linker hash table. */
|
||
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_table root;
|
||
|
||
/* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
|
||
asection *sfuncdesc;
|
||
asection *srelfuncdesc;
|
||
asection *srofixup;
|
||
|
||
/* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
|
||
asection *srelplt2;
|
||
|
||
/* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
|
||
union
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_signed_vma refcount;
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
} tls_ldm_got;
|
||
|
||
/* The type of PLT to use. */
|
||
const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
|
||
|
||
/* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
|
||
bool fdpic_p;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
|
||
|
||
#define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
|
||
(elf_link_hash_traverse \
|
||
(&(table)->root, \
|
||
(bool (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
|
||
(info)))
|
||
|
||
/* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
|
||
|
||
#define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
|
||
((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
|
||
&& elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == SH_ELF_DATA) \
|
||
? (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
|
||
|
||
/* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
|
||
|
||
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
|
||
sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
|
||
struct bfd_hash_table *table,
|
||
const char *string)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
|
||
(struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
|
||
subclass. */
|
||
if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
|
||
ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
|
||
bfd_hash_allocate (table,
|
||
sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
|
||
if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
|
||
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
|
||
|
||
/* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
|
||
ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
|
||
_bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
|
||
table, string));
|
||
if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
|
||
ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
|
||
ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
|
||
ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
|
||
|
||
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
||
sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
|
||
size_t amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
|
||
|
||
ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
|
||
if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
|
||
sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
|
||
sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
|
||
SH_ELF_DATA))
|
||
{
|
||
free (ret);
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
|
||
{
|
||
ret->root.dt_pltgot_required = true;
|
||
ret->fdpic_p = true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return &ret->root.root;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
|
||
/* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
|
||
if (!htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
/* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
|
||
relocate independently. */
|
||
switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
|
||
{
|
||
case SHT_PROGBITS:
|
||
case SHT_NOBITS:
|
||
/* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
|
||
SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
|
||
case SHT_NULL:
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
/* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
|
||
against any other section. */
|
||
default:
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
|
||
shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
|
||
if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
|
||
(SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
||
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
|
||
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
|
||
if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
|
||
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
|
||
".rela.got.funcdesc",
|
||
(SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
||
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
|
||
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
|
||
| SEC_READONLY));
|
||
if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
|
||
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
/* Also create .rofixup. */
|
||
htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
|
||
(SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
||
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
|
||
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
|
||
| SEC_READONLY));
|
||
if (htab->srofixup == NULL
|
||
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srofixup, 2))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
flagword flags, pltflags;
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
||
int ptralign = 0;
|
||
|
||
switch (bed->s->arch_size)
|
||
{
|
||
case 32:
|
||
ptralign = 2;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case 64:
|
||
ptralign = 3;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
/* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
|
||
.rel[a].bss sections. */
|
||
|
||
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
|
||
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
||
|
||
pltflags = flags;
|
||
pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
|
||
if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
|
||
pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
||
if (bed->plt_readonly)
|
||
pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
||
|
||
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
|
||
htab->root.splt = s;
|
||
if (s == NULL
|
||
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->plt_alignment))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (bed->want_plt_sym)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
|
||
.plt section. */
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
||
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
|
||
(info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
|
||
(bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
|
||
get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
|
||
h->def_regular = 1;
|
||
h->type = STT_OBJECT;
|
||
htab->root.hplt = h;
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
|
||
bed->default_use_rela_p
|
||
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
|
||
flags | SEC_READONLY);
|
||
htab->root.srelplt = s;
|
||
if (s == NULL
|
||
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->root.sgot == NULL
|
||
&& !create_got_section (abfd, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (bed->want_dynbss)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
|
||
by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
|
||
not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
|
||
image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
|
||
initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
|
||
section into the .bss section of the final image. */
|
||
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
|
||
SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
||
htab->root.sdynbss = s;
|
||
if (s == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
/* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
|
||
normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
|
||
linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
|
||
only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
|
||
until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
|
||
main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
|
||
(size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
|
||
mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
|
||
be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
|
||
section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
|
||
copy relocs. */
|
||
if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
|
||
(bed->default_use_rela_p
|
||
? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
|
||
flags | SEC_READONLY);
|
||
htab->root.srelbss = s;
|
||
if (s == NULL
|
||
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
|
||
regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
|
||
dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
|
||
change the definition to something the rest of the link can
|
||
understand. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
|
||
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
|
||
&& (h->needs_plt
|
||
|| h->is_weakalias
|
||
|| (h->def_dynamic
|
||
&& h->ref_regular
|
||
&& !h->def_regular)));
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
|
||
will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
|
||
when we know the address of the .got section. */
|
||
if (h->type == STT_FUNC
|
||
|| h->needs_plt)
|
||
{
|
||
if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
|
||
|| SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
|
||
|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
|
||
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
||
{
|
||
/* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
|
||
file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
|
||
object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
|
||
a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
|
||
reloc instead. */
|
||
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
|
||
processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
|
||
real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
|
||
if (h->is_weakalias)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
|
||
h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
|
||
h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
|
||
if (info->nocopyreloc)
|
||
h->non_got_ref = def->non_got_ref;
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
|
||
is not a function. */
|
||
|
||
/* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
|
||
only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
|
||
For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
|
||
be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
/* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
|
||
GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
|
||
if (!h->non_got_ref)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
/* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
|
||
if (0 && info->nocopyreloc)
|
||
{
|
||
h->non_got_ref = 0;
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
|
||
we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
|
||
if (0 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
|
||
{
|
||
h->non_got_ref = 0;
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
|
||
become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
|
||
an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
|
||
object will contain position independent code, so all references
|
||
from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
|
||
offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
|
||
determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
|
||
both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
|
||
same memory location for the variable. */
|
||
|
||
s = htab->root.sdynbss;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
|
||
copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
|
||
runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
|
||
.rela.bss section we are going to use. */
|
||
if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *srel;
|
||
|
||
srel = htab->root.srelbss;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
|
||
srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
h->needs_copy = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
|
||
dynamic relocs. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
|
||
{
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
||
|
||
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
|
||
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
||
if ((h->got.refcount > 0
|
||
|| h->forced_local)
|
||
&& eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
|
||
so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
|
||
h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
|
||
if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
|
||
h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
|
||
&& h->plt.refcount > 0
|
||
&& (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
||
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
|
||
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
|
||
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
||
&& !h->forced_local)
|
||
{
|
||
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
|| WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
|
||
{
|
||
asection *s = htab->root.splt;
|
||
const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
|
||
|
||
/* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
|
||
first entry. */
|
||
if (s->size == 0)
|
||
s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
|
||
|
||
h->plt.offset = s->size;
|
||
|
||
/* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
|
||
not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
|
||
location in the .plt. This is required to make function
|
||
pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
|
||
the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
|
||
function's address will be the address of the canonical
|
||
function descriptor. */
|
||
if (!htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
|
||
{
|
||
h->root.u.def.section = s;
|
||
h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Make room for this entry. */
|
||
plt_info = htab->plt_info;
|
||
if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
|
||
&& (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
|
||
plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
|
||
s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
|
||
|
||
/* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
|
||
will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
|
||
if (!htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
htab->root.sgotplt->size += 4;
|
||
else
|
||
htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
|
||
|
||
/* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
|
||
htab->root.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
/* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
|
||
for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
|
||
section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
|
||
|
||
/* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
|
||
an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
|
||
if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
|
||
htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
|
||
/* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
|
||
PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
|
||
and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
|
||
htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (h->got.refcount > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
bool dyn;
|
||
enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
|
||
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
|
||
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
||
&& !h->forced_local)
|
||
{
|
||
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
s = htab->root.sgot;
|
||
h->got.offset = s->size;
|
||
s->size += 4;
|
||
/* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
|
||
if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
|
||
s->size += 4;
|
||
dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
|
||
if (!dyn)
|
||
{
|
||
/* No dynamic relocations required. */
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
||
&& (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
|
||
htab->srofixup->size += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
/* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens. */
|
||
else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
|
||
&& !h->def_dynamic
|
||
&& !bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
;
|
||
/* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
|
||
R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
|
||
else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
|
||
|| got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
|
||
htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
|
||
htab->root.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
htab->srofixup->size += 4;
|
||
else
|
||
htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
||
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
||
&& (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
|| WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
|
||
htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
else if (htab->fdpic_p
|
||
&& !bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& got_type == GOT_NORMAL
|
||
&& (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
||
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
||
htab->srofixup->size += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
|
||
descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
|
||
reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
|
||
undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
|
||
static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
|
||
if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
|
||
&& (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
||
|| (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
|
||
&& ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
|
||
{
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
|
||
else
|
||
htab->root.srelgot->size
|
||
+= eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
|
||
a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
|
||
the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
|
||
applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
|
||
canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
|
||
won't be a PLT entry at all. */
|
||
if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
|
||
|| (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
|
||
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
||
&& SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Make room for this function descriptor. */
|
||
eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
|
||
htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
|
||
|
||
/* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
|
||
function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
htab->srofixup->size += 8;
|
||
else
|
||
htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
/* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
|
||
dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
|
||
defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
|
||
space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
|
||
visibility changes. */
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
|
||
|
||
for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
|
||
{
|
||
p->count -= p->pc_count;
|
||
p->pc_count = 0;
|
||
if (p->count == 0)
|
||
*pp = p->next;
|
||
else
|
||
pp = &p->next;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
|
||
|
||
for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
|
||
{
|
||
if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
|
||
*pp = p->next;
|
||
else
|
||
pp = &p->next;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
|
||
visibility. */
|
||
if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL
|
||
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
||
{
|
||
if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
|
||
|| UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
|
||
h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
|
||
symbol in PIEs. */
|
||
else if (h->dynindx == -1
|
||
&& !h->forced_local)
|
||
{
|
||
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
|
||
symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
|
||
dynamic. */
|
||
|
||
if (!h->non_got_ref
|
||
&& ((h->def_dynamic
|
||
&& !h->def_regular)
|
||
|| (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
|
||
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
|
||
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
|
||
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
||
&& !h->forced_local)
|
||
{
|
||
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
|
||
relocs. */
|
||
if (h->dynindx != -1)
|
||
goto keep;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
||
|
||
keep: ;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Finally, allocate space. */
|
||
for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
|
||
sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
|
||
/* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
|
||
and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
|
||
It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd,
|
||
bfd_link_pic (info));
|
||
|
||
if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
|
||
&& !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
|
||
"__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
|
||
return false;
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
bfd *dynobj;
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
bool relocs;
|
||
bfd *ibfd;
|
||
|
||
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
|
||
if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
|
||
{
|
||
s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
||
s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
|
||
s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
|
||
relocs. */
|
||
for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
|
||
bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
|
||
union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
|
||
char *local_got_type;
|
||
bfd_size_type locsymcount;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
||
asection *srel;
|
||
|
||
if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
||
|
||
for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
|
||
elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
|
||
p != NULL;
|
||
p = p->next)
|
||
{
|
||
if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
|
||
&& bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Input section has been discarded, either because
|
||
it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
|
||
linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
|
||
the relocs too. */
|
||
}
|
||
else if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks
|
||
&& strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
|
||
".tls_vars") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
|
||
handled specially by the loader. */
|
||
}
|
||
else if (p->count != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
|
||
srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
||
info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
|
||
p->sec->owner, p->sec);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
|
||
locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
||
s = htab->root.sgot;
|
||
srel = htab->root.srelgot;
|
||
|
||
local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
|
||
if (local_got)
|
||
{
|
||
end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
|
||
local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
|
||
local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
|
||
for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
|
||
{
|
||
if (*local_got > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
*local_got = s->size;
|
||
s->size += 4;
|
||
if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
|
||
s->size += 4;
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
else
|
||
htab->srofixup->size += 4;
|
||
|
||
if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
|
||
{
|
||
if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_size_type size;
|
||
|
||
size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
|
||
local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
|
||
size);
|
||
if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
|
||
local_funcdesc += (local_got
|
||
- elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
|
||
}
|
||
local_funcdesc->refcount++;
|
||
++local_funcdesc;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
++local_got_type;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
|
||
if (local_funcdesc)
|
||
{
|
||
end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
|
||
|
||
for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
|
||
{
|
||
if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
|
||
htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
htab->srofixup->size += 8;
|
||
else
|
||
htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
|
||
relocs. */
|
||
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->root.sgot->size;
|
||
htab->root.sgot->size += 8;
|
||
htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
|
||
|
||
/* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
|
||
the end of .got.plt. */
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
{
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.sgotplt && htab->root.sgotplt->size == 12);
|
||
htab->root.sgotplt->size = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
|
||
sym dynamic relocs. */
|
||
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
|
||
|
||
/* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
|
||
end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
{
|
||
htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->root.sgotplt->size;
|
||
htab->root.sgotplt->size += 12;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
|
||
htab->srofixup->size += 4;
|
||
|
||
/* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
|
||
Allocate memory for them. */
|
||
relocs = false;
|
||
for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
||
{
|
||
if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (s == htab->root.splt
|
||
|| s == htab->root.sgot
|
||
|| s == htab->root.sgotplt
|
||
|| s == htab->sfuncdesc
|
||
|| s == htab->srofixup
|
||
|| s == htab->root.sdynbss)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
|
||
comment below. */
|
||
}
|
||
else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
|
||
{
|
||
if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->root.srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
|
||
relocs = true;
|
||
|
||
/* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
|
||
to copy relocs into the output file. */
|
||
s->reloc_count = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (s->size == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
|
||
output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
|
||
.rela.plt. We must create both sections in
|
||
create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
|
||
before the linker maps input sections to output
|
||
sections. The linker does that before
|
||
adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
|
||
function which decides whether anything needs to go
|
||
into these sections. */
|
||
|
||
s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
|
||
here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
|
||
section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
|
||
but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
|
||
of garbage. */
|
||
s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
|
||
if (s->contents == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return _bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info,
|
||
relocs);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
|
||
|
||
inline static bfd_vma
|
||
sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
|
||
int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
||
bfd_vma reloc_offset;
|
||
|
||
outrel.r_offset = offset;
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
|
||
outrel.r_addend = addend;
|
||
|
||
reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
|
||
sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
|
||
sreloc->reloc_count++;
|
||
|
||
return reloc_offset;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
|
||
|
||
inline static void
|
||
sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma fixup_offset;
|
||
|
||
fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
|
||
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_signed_vma
|
||
sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
|
||
{
|
||
return (htab->root.sgot->output_offset - htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset
|
||
- htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
|
||
located. */
|
||
|
||
static unsigned
|
||
sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
||
/* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd. */
|
||
&& output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
|
||
p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
|
||
|
||
/* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
|
||
supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
|
||
a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
|
||
return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
|
||
|
||
return (seg != (unsigned) -1
|
||
&& ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
|
||
with any relocations or fixups required. */
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
||
bfd_vma offset,
|
||
asection *section,
|
||
bfd_vma value)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
int dynindx;
|
||
bfd_vma addr, seg;
|
||
|
||
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
|
||
/* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
|
||
descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
|
||
go in the reloc instead... */
|
||
|
||
if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
{
|
||
section = h->root.u.def.section;
|
||
value = h->root.u.def.value;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
{
|
||
dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
|
||
addr = value + section->output_offset;
|
||
seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
||
dynindx = h->dynindx;
|
||
addr = seg = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
{
|
||
if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
||
{
|
||
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
|
||
offset
|
||
+ htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
|
||
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
|
||
offset + 4
|
||
+ htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
|
||
address and gp value (barring fixups). */
|
||
addr += section->output_section->vma;
|
||
seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
|
||
+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
|
||
offset
|
||
+ htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
|
||
R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
|
||
VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
|
||
otherwise. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_reloc_status_type
|
||
install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
|
||
bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
|
||
bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned long cur_val;
|
||
bfd_byte *addr;
|
||
bfd_reloc_status_type r;
|
||
|
||
if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
|
||
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
||
|
||
r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
|
||
bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
|
||
if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
|
||
return r;
|
||
|
||
addr = contents + offset;
|
||
cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
|
||
|
||
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
|
||
bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
|
||
asection **local_sections)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
|
||
bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
|
||
asection *sgot = NULL;
|
||
asection *sgotplt = NULL;
|
||
asection *splt = NULL;
|
||
asection *sreloc = NULL;
|
||
asection *srelgot = NULL;
|
||
bool is_vxworks_tls;
|
||
unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
|
||
bool fdpic_p = false;
|
||
|
||
if (!is_sh_elf (input_bfd))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
sgot = htab->root.sgot;
|
||
sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
|
||
srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
|
||
splt = htab->root.splt;
|
||
fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
|
||
}
|
||
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
|
||
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
|
||
local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
|
||
|
||
isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
|
||
input_section->output_section);
|
||
if (fdpic_p && sgot)
|
||
got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
|
||
sgot->output_section);
|
||
else
|
||
got_segment = -1;
|
||
if (fdpic_p && splt)
|
||
plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
|
||
splt->output_section);
|
||
else
|
||
plt_segment = -1;
|
||
|
||
/* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
|
||
specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
|
||
is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
|
||
".tls_vars"));
|
||
|
||
rel = relocs;
|
||
relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
|
||
for (; rel < relend; rel++)
|
||
{
|
||
int r_type;
|
||
reloc_howto_type *howto;
|
||
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
||
asection *sec;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
||
bfd_vma relocation;
|
||
bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
|
||
bfd_reloc_status_type r;
|
||
bfd_vma off;
|
||
enum got_type got_type;
|
||
const char *symname = NULL;
|
||
bool resolved_to_zero;
|
||
|
||
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
||
|
||
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
||
|
||
/* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
|
||
handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
|
||
if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
|
||
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
|
||
continue;
|
||
if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (r_type < 0
|
||
|| r_type >= R_SH_max
|
||
|| (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
|
||
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
|
||
|| (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
|
||
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
|
||
|| ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
|
||
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
|
||
|| ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
|
||
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
|
||
|| ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
|
||
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
|
||
|| ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
|
||
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
|
||
|
||
/* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
|
||
the relocation. */
|
||
if (! howto->partial_inplace)
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
|
||
resolved_to_zero = false;
|
||
h = NULL;
|
||
sym = NULL;
|
||
sec = NULL;
|
||
check_segment[0] = -1;
|
||
check_segment[1] = -1;
|
||
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
{
|
||
sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
|
||
sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
|
||
|
||
symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
|
||
(input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
|
||
if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
|
||
symname = bfd_section_name (sec);
|
||
|
||
relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sec->output_offset
|
||
+ sym->st_value);
|
||
|
||
if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
|
||
/* Handled below. */
|
||
;
|
||
else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
|
||
{
|
||
/* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
|
||
anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
|
||
in which case we have to adjust according to where the
|
||
section symbol winds up in the output section. */
|
||
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
|
||
{
|
||
if (! howto->partial_inplace)
|
||
{
|
||
/* For relocations with the addend in the
|
||
relocation, we need just to update the addend.
|
||
All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
|
||
code is mostly for completeness. */
|
||
rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
|
||
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
|
||
contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
|
||
from the changed location of the section symbol.
|
||
Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
|
||
final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
|
||
relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
|
||
location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
|
||
final link. */
|
||
r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
|
||
sec->output_offset
|
||
+ sym->st_value,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
goto relocation_done;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
|
||
{
|
||
relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
|
||
&& ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *msec;
|
||
|
||
if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
|
||
"%s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section,
|
||
(uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
msec = sec;
|
||
addend =
|
||
_bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
|
||
- relocation;
|
||
addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
addend = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
|
||
|
||
relocation = 0;
|
||
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
||
symname = h->root.root.string;
|
||
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
||
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
||
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
||
{
|
||
bool dyn;
|
||
|
||
dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : false;
|
||
sec = h->root.u.def.section;
|
||
/* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
|
||
We check specially because in some obscure cases
|
||
sec->output_section will be NULL. */
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
|
||
|| ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
|
||
&& h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
||
|| ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT20
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
|
||
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
|
||
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
|
||
bfd_link_pic (info),
|
||
h)
|
||
&& (! bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
|| (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
|
||
|| !h->def_regular))
|
||
/* The cases above are those in which relocation is
|
||
overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
|
||
below are those in which we must defer relocation
|
||
to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
|
||
addresses when creating a shared library. */
|
||
|| (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
|
||
|| !h->def_regular)
|
||
&& ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
|
||
&& !h->forced_local)
|
||
|| (r_type == R_SH_REL32
|
||
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
|
||
&& ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
||
/* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
|
||
sections against symbols defined externally
|
||
in shared libraries. We can't do anything
|
||
with them here. */
|
||
|| ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
|
||
&& h->def_dynamic)))
|
||
/* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
|
||
sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
|
||
thus ld.so will not process them. */
|
||
|| (sec->output_section == NULL
|
||
&& ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
|
||
&& h->def_dynamic))
|
||
|| (sec->output_section == NULL
|
||
&& (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
|
||
|| sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
|
||
;
|
||
else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
|
||
relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
|
||
+ sec->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sec->output_offset);
|
||
else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
|
||
&& (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
|
||
input_section,
|
||
rel->r_offset)
|
||
!= (bfd_vma) -1))
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
|
||
"unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
|
||
input_bfd,
|
||
input_section,
|
||
(uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
|
||
howto->name,
|
||
h->root.root.string);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
||
resolved_to_zero = UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h);
|
||
else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
|
||
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
|
||
;
|
||
else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
|
||
info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
|
||
(info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
|
||
rel->r_offset,
|
||
(info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_DIAGNOSE
|
||
&& !info->warn_unresolved_syms)
|
||
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
|
||
RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
|
||
rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
|
||
relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
|
||
the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
|
||
check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
|
||
if (sec != NULL)
|
||
check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
|
||
sec->output_section);
|
||
else
|
||
check_segment[1] = -1;
|
||
|
||
switch ((int) r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
final_link_relocate:
|
||
/* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
|
||
R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
|
||
r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
|
||
contents, rel->r_offset,
|
||
relocation, addend);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_IND12W:
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
|
||
/* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
|
||
the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
|
||
is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
|
||
against the start of this section, then it's against an
|
||
external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
|
||
if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
|
||
!= relocation)
|
||
{
|
||
int disp = (relocation
|
||
- input_section->output_section->vma
|
||
- input_section->output_offset
|
||
- rel->r_offset);
|
||
int mask = 0;
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
|
||
default: mask = 0; break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (disp & mask)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
|
||
"unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
|
||
input_section->owner,
|
||
(uint64_t) rel->r_offset);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
relocation -= 4;
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
}
|
||
r = bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR16:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8U:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8S:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR4U:
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8UL:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR4UL:
|
||
if (relocation & 3)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
|
||
"unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64),
|
||
input_section->owner, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
|
||
howto->name, (uint64_t) relocation);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8UW:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR8SW:
|
||
case R_SH_DIR4UW:
|
||
if (relocation & 1)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
|
||
"unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64 ""),
|
||
input_section->owner,
|
||
(uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
|
||
(uint64_t) relocation);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_PSHA:
|
||
if ((signed int)relocation < -32
|
||
|| (signed int)relocation > 32)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %" PRId64
|
||
" not in range -32..32"),
|
||
input_section->owner,
|
||
(uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
|
||
(int64_t) relocation);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_PSHL:
|
||
if ((signed int)relocation < -16
|
||
|| (signed int)relocation > 16)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %" PRId64
|
||
" not in range -32..32"),
|
||
input_section->owner,
|
||
(uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
|
||
(int64_t) relocation);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR32:
|
||
case R_SH_REL32:
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& (h == NULL
|
||
|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
||
&& !resolved_to_zero)
|
||
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
||
&& r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
|
||
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
||
&& !is_vxworks_tls
|
||
&& (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
|
||
|| !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
bool skip, relocate;
|
||
|
||
/* When generating a shared object, these relocations
|
||
are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
|
||
time. */
|
||
|
||
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
|
||
(input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ true);
|
||
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
skip = false;
|
||
relocate = false;
|
||
|
||
outrel.r_offset =
|
||
_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
|
||
rel->r_offset);
|
||
if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
||
skip = true;
|
||
else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
|
||
skip = true, relocate = true;
|
||
outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ input_section->output_offset);
|
||
|
||
if (skip)
|
||
memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
|
||
else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
|
||
{
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
|
||
outrel.r_addend
|
||
= (howto->partial_inplace
|
||
? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
|
||
: addend);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (fdpic_p
|
||
&& (h == NULL
|
||
|| ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
|
||
&& h->def_regular)))
|
||
{
|
||
int dynindx;
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
|
||
dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
|
||
outrel.r_addend = relocation;
|
||
outrel.r_addend
|
||
+= (howto->partial_inplace
|
||
? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
|
||
: addend);
|
||
outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
|
||
become local. */
|
||
if (h == NULL
|
||
|| ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
|
||
&& h->def_regular))
|
||
{
|
||
relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
|
||
}
|
||
outrel.r_addend = relocation;
|
||
outrel.r_addend
|
||
+= (howto->partial_inplace
|
||
? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
|
||
: addend);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
loc = sreloc->contents;
|
||
loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
||
|
||
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
|
||
|
||
/* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
|
||
not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
|
||
need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
|
||
an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
|
||
if (! relocate)
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& r_type == R_SH_DIR32
|
||
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab);
|
||
|
||
if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
|
||
input_section->output_section))
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
|
||
"cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
|
||
input_bfd,
|
||
input_section,
|
||
(uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
|
||
symname);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
|
||
input_section, rel->r_offset);
|
||
if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
|
||
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
|
||
input_section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ input_section->output_offset
|
||
+ rel->r_offset);
|
||
|
||
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
|
||
symbols. */
|
||
else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
|
||
&& h
|
||
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
||
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
|
||
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
|
||
procedure linkage table. */
|
||
|
||
if (h == NULL
|
||
|| h->forced_local
|
||
|| ! bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
|| info->symbolic
|
||
|| h->dynindx == -1
|
||
|| h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
|
||
|| h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
||
goto force_got;
|
||
|
||
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
|
||
offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
|
||
relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
|
||
+ (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
|
||
+ 3) * 4);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
||
relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
force_got:
|
||
case R_SH_GOT32:
|
||
case R_SH_GOT20:
|
||
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
|
||
offset table. */
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
|
||
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
|
||
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bool dyn;
|
||
|
||
off = h->got.offset;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
|
||
|
||
dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
|
||
if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
|
||
bfd_link_pic (info),
|
||
h)
|
||
|| (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
|| ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
|
||
|| resolved_to_zero)
|
||
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
||
{
|
||
/* This is actually a static link, or it is a
|
||
-Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
|
||
locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
|
||
because of a version file. We must initialize
|
||
this entry in the global offset table. Since the
|
||
offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
|
||
least significant bit to record whether we have
|
||
initialized it already.
|
||
|
||
When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
|
||
relocation entry to initialize the value. This
|
||
is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
|
||
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
||
off &= ~1;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
|
||
sgot->contents + off);
|
||
h->got.offset |= 1;
|
||
|
||
/* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
|
||
symbol address, also add a fixup. */
|
||
if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
|
||
&& (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
||
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
||
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
|
||
sgot->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sgot->output_offset
|
||
+ off);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
|
||
&& local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
|
||
|
||
off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
|
||
|
||
/* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
|
||
the least significant bit to record whether we have
|
||
already generated the necessary reloc. */
|
||
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
||
off &= ~1;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
|
||
outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sgot->output_offset
|
||
+ off);
|
||
if (fdpic_p)
|
||
{
|
||
int dynindx
|
||
= elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
|
||
outrel.r_addend = relocation;
|
||
outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
|
||
outrel.r_addend = relocation;
|
||
}
|
||
loc = srelgot->contents;
|
||
loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (fdpic_p
|
||
&& (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
|
||
== GOT_NORMAL))
|
||
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
|
||
sgot->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sgot->output_offset
|
||
+ off);
|
||
|
||
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
||
relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
|
||
{
|
||
r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, contents,
|
||
rel->r_offset);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_GOTOFF:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
|
||
/* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
|
||
we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
|
||
as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
|
||
descriptors in front of it. */
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
|
||
check_segment[0] = got_segment;
|
||
relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
|
||
+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
||
relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
|
||
{
|
||
r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, contents,
|
||
rel->r_offset);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_GOTPC:
|
||
/* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
|
||
relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
||
relocation += GOT_BIAS;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_PLT32:
|
||
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
|
||
procedure linkage table. */
|
||
|
||
/* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
|
||
without using the procedure linkage table. */
|
||
if (h == NULL)
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
/* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
|
||
as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
|
||
anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
|
||
behavior. */
|
||
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
||
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
|
||
|
||
if (h->forced_local)
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
|
||
happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
|
||
using -Bsymbolic. */
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
|
||
check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
|
||
relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ splt->output_offset
|
||
+ h->plt.offset);
|
||
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
/* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
|
||
symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
|
||
entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
|
||
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
|
||
case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
|
||
{
|
||
int dynindx = -1;
|
||
asection *reloc_section;
|
||
bfd_vma reloc_offset;
|
||
int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab);
|
||
|
||
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
|
||
|
||
/* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
|
||
executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
|
||
to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
|
||
does. */
|
||
|
||
relocation = 0;
|
||
addend = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
|
||
{
|
||
reloc_section = input_section;
|
||
reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
reloc_section = sgot;
|
||
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
|
||
reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
|
||
}
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
|
||
|
||
if (reloc_offset & 1)
|
||
{
|
||
reloc_offset &= ~1;
|
||
goto funcdesc_done_got;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
||
&& (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
|
||
|| !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
|
||
/* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
|
||
resolved later; leave it at zero. */
|
||
goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
|
||
else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
|
||
&& ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
|
||
but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
|
||
protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
|
||
section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
|
||
linker would resolve our function descriptor request
|
||
to our copy of the function anyway. */
|
||
dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
|
||
->output_section)->dynindx;
|
||
relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
|
||
+ h->root.u.def.value;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
|
||
symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
|
||
shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
|
||
the dynamic linker will allocate the function
|
||
descriptor. */
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
||
dynindx = h->dynindx;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
|
||
/* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
|
||
descriptor, so reference it directly. */
|
||
reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
|
||
dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
|
||
->output_section)->dynindx;
|
||
|
||
if (h)
|
||
{
|
||
offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
|
||
if ((offset & 1) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
|
||
offset, NULL, 0))
|
||
return false;
|
||
sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
union gotref *local_funcdesc;
|
||
|
||
local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
|
||
offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
|
||
if ((offset & 1) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
|
||
offset, sec,
|
||
sym->st_value))
|
||
return false;
|
||
local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
|
||
if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
|
||
reloc_section->output_section))
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
|
||
"cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
|
||
input_bfd,
|
||
input_section,
|
||
(uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
|
||
symname);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
|
||
reloc_section, reloc_offset);
|
||
|
||
if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
|
||
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
|
||
offset
|
||
+ reloc_section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ reloc_section->output_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
|
||
& (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
|
||
if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
|
||
reloc_section->output_section))
|
||
{
|
||
info->callbacks->warning
|
||
(info,
|
||
_("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
|
||
symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
|
||
reloc_section, reloc_offset);
|
||
|
||
if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
|
||
sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
|
||
offset
|
||
+ reloc_section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ reloc_section->output_offset,
|
||
reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
|
||
{
|
||
r = bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
relocation = 0;
|
||
goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
|
||
funcdesc_leave_zero:
|
||
if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
|
||
reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
h->got.offset |= 1;
|
||
else
|
||
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
|
||
|
||
funcdesc_done_got:
|
||
|
||
relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
|
||
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
||
relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
|
||
{
|
||
r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, contents,
|
||
rel->r_offset);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
|
||
/* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
|
||
executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
|
||
ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
|
||
for them. */
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab);
|
||
|
||
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
|
||
relocation = 0;
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
|
||
if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
||
|| !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
|
||
"%s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
|
||
howto->name, h->root.root.string);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
|
||
/* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
|
||
descriptor, so reference it directly. */
|
||
if (h)
|
||
{
|
||
offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
|
||
if ((offset & 1) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
|
||
offset, NULL, 0))
|
||
return false;
|
||
sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
union gotref *local_funcdesc;
|
||
|
||
local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
|
||
offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
|
||
if ((offset & 1) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
|
||
offset, sec,
|
||
sym->st_value))
|
||
return false;
|
||
local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
|
||
+ sgotplt->output_offset);
|
||
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
||
relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
|
||
{
|
||
r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, contents,
|
||
rel->r_offset);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_LOOP_START:
|
||
{
|
||
static bfd_vma start, end;
|
||
|
||
start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
|
||
- (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
|
||
r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
|
||
rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_LOOP_END:
|
||
end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
|
||
- (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
|
||
r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
|
||
rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab);
|
||
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
|
||
r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
|
||
got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
|
||
if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
|
||
got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
|
||
else if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
|
||
if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& (h->dynindx == -1
|
||
|| h->def_regular))
|
||
r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
|
||
r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
unsigned short insn;
|
||
|
||
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
|
||
{
|
||
/* GD->LE transition:
|
||
mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
|
||
jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
|
||
1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
|
||
We change it into:
|
||
mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
|
||
nop; nop; ...
|
||
1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
|
||
|
||
offset = rel->r_offset;
|
||
if (offset < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
|
||
offset -= 16;
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
||
if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
|
||
{
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
|
||
offset -= 2;
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd400)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */ /* The backslash is to prevent bogus trigraph detection. */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd4?\?)"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
|
||
|
||
if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xc700)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xc7?\?)"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
|
||
if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd100)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd1?\?)"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
|
||
if (insn != 0x310c)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x310c)"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
|
||
if (insn != 0x410b)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x410b)"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
|
||
if (insn != 0x34cc)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x34cc)"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
int target;
|
||
|
||
/* IE->LE transition:
|
||
mov.l 1f,r0;
|
||
stc gbr,rN;
|
||
mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
|
||
bra 2f;
|
||
add ...;
|
||
.align 2;
|
||
1: x@GOTTPOFF;
|
||
2:
|
||
We change it into:
|
||
mov.l .Ln,rM;
|
||
stc gbr,rN;
|
||
nop;
|
||
...;
|
||
1: x@TPOFF;
|
||
2:. */
|
||
|
||
offset = rel->r_offset;
|
||
if (offset < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for IE->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
|
||
offset -= 10;
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
||
if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
|
||
{
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
|
||
offset -= 2;
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd000)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd0??: mov.l)"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
|
||
|
||
target = insn & 0x00ff;
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
|
||
if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x0012)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?12: stc)"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 2), (int) insn);
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
|
||
if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x00ce)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?ce: mov.l)"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 4), (int) insn);
|
||
|
||
insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
off = h->got.offset;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
|
||
&& ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
|
||
{
|
||
off &= ~1;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
|
||
sgot->contents + off);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
||
off &= ~1;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
int dr_type, indx;
|
||
|
||
outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sgot->output_offset + off);
|
||
|
||
if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
|
||
indx = 0;
|
||
else
|
||
indx = h->dynindx;
|
||
|
||
dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
|
||
R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
|
||
if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
|
||
outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
|
||
else
|
||
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
|
||
loc = srelgot->contents;
|
||
loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
|
||
{
|
||
if (indx == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
||
relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
|
||
sgot->contents + off + 4);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
|
||
R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
|
||
outrel.r_offset += 4;
|
||
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
||
srelgot->reloc_count++;
|
||
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
h->got.offset |= 1;
|
||
else
|
||
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
|
||
relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
unsigned short insn;
|
||
|
||
/* GD->IE transition:
|
||
mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
|
||
jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
|
||
1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
|
||
We change it into:
|
||
mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
|
||
nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
|
||
1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
|
||
|
||
offset = rel->r_offset;
|
||
if (offset < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->IE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
|
||
offset -= 16;
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
||
if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
|
||
{
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
|
||
offset -= 2;
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
|
||
|
||
/* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab);
|
||
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
|
||
if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
unsigned short insn;
|
||
|
||
/* LD->LE transition:
|
||
mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
|
||
jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
|
||
1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
|
||
We change it into:
|
||
stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
|
||
nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
|
||
|
||
offset = rel->r_offset;
|
||
if (offset < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for LD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
|
||
offset -= 16;
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
||
if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
|
||
{
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
|
||
offset -= 2;
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
|
||
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
|
||
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
|
||
if (off & 1)
|
||
off &= ~1;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
|
||
outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sgot->output_offset + off);
|
||
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
|
||
loc = srelgot->contents;
|
||
loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
||
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
|
||
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
|
||
if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
|
||
else
|
||
relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
|
||
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
|
||
{
|
||
int indx;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
|
||
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
|
||
|
||
if (!bfd_link_dll (info))
|
||
{
|
||
relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
goto final_link_relocate;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
|
||
(input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ true);
|
||
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
|
||
indx = 0;
|
||
else
|
||
indx = h->dynindx;
|
||
|
||
outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ input_section->output_offset
|
||
+ rel->r_offset);
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
|
||
if (indx == 0)
|
||
outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
|
||
else
|
||
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
||
|
||
loc = sreloc->contents;
|
||
loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
relocation_done:
|
||
if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
|
||
&& check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
|
||
{
|
||
/* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
|
||
if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
|
||
{
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (r)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
case bfd_reloc_overflow:
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
name = NULL;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
|
||
(input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
|
||
if (name == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
if (*name == '\0')
|
||
name = bfd_section_name (sec);
|
||
}
|
||
(*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
|
||
(info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
|
||
(bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
|
||
which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_byte *
|
||
sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
|
||
struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
|
||
bfd_byte *data,
|
||
bool relocatable,
|
||
asymbol **symbols)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
||
asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
|
||
bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
|
||
asection **sections = NULL;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
|
||
particular set of section contents, specially. */
|
||
if (relocatable
|
||
|| elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
|
||
return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
|
||
link_order, data,
|
||
relocatable,
|
||
symbols);
|
||
|
||
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
|
||
|
||
memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
|
||
(size_t) input_section->size);
|
||
|
||
if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
|
||
&& input_section->reloc_count > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
asection **secpp;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
|
||
bfd_size_type amt;
|
||
|
||
internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
|
||
(input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
|
||
(Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, false));
|
||
if (internal_relocs == NULL)
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
|
||
if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
|
||
if (isymbuf == NULL)
|
||
isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
|
||
symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
|
||
NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
||
if (isymbuf == NULL)
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
||
amt *= sizeof (asection *);
|
||
sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
||
if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
|
||
isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
||
for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *isec;
|
||
|
||
if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
|
||
isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
|
||
else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
|
||
isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
|
||
else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
|
||
isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
|
||
else
|
||
isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
|
||
|
||
*secpp = isec;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
|
||
input_section, data, internal_relocs,
|
||
isymbuf, sections))
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
|
||
free (sections);
|
||
if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
|
||
free (isymbuf);
|
||
if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
|
||
free (internal_relocs);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return data;
|
||
|
||
error_return:
|
||
free (sections);
|
||
if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
|
||
free (isymbuf);
|
||
if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
|
||
free (internal_relocs);
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
|
||
when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
|
||
This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_vma
|
||
dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
|
||
if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_vma
|
||
tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
|
||
{
|
||
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
|
||
if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
/* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
|
||
structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
|
||
return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
|
||
+ align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
|
||
elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static asection *
|
||
sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
||
{
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
|
||
{
|
||
case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
||
case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
|
||
|
||
edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
|
||
eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
|
||
|
||
edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
|
||
eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
|
||
edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
|
||
eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
|
||
edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
|
||
eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
||
&& dir->got.refcount <= 0)
|
||
{
|
||
edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
|
||
eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
||
&& dir->dynamic_adjusted)
|
||
{
|
||
/* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
|
||
of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
|
||
We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
|
||
if (dir->versioned != versioned_hidden)
|
||
dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
|
||
dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
|
||
dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
|
||
dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
_bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
|
||
int is_local)
|
||
{
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
return r_type;
|
||
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
|
||
if (is_local)
|
||
return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
|
||
return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
|
||
return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return r_type;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
|
||
Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
|
||
virtual table relocs for gc. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
|
||
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
||
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
|
||
asection *sreloc;
|
||
unsigned int r_type;
|
||
enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
|
||
|
||
sreloc = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
|
||
|
||
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
|
||
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
||
|
||
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
||
for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
||
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
||
|
||
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
||
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
||
|
||
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
h = NULL;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
||
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
||
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
|
||
if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
|
||
&& h != NULL
|
||
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
|
||
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
||
&& (h->dynindx == -1
|
||
|| h->def_regular))
|
||
r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
|
||
case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (h->dynindx == -1)
|
||
switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
|
||
{
|
||
case STV_INTERNAL:
|
||
case STV_HIDDEN:
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
|
||
if (htab->root.sgot == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_SH_DIR32:
|
||
/* This may require an rofixup. */
|
||
if (!htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
break;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
|
||
case R_SH_GOT32:
|
||
case R_SH_GOT20:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTOFF:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
|
||
case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTPC:
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
|
||
if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
|
||
htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
|
||
if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
/* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
|
||
Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
|
||
case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
||
if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
|
||
return false;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
|
||
used. Record for later use during GC. */
|
||
case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
||
if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
|
||
return false;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
|
||
|
||
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
||
force_got:
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
|
||
case R_SH_GOT32:
|
||
case R_SH_GOT20:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
|
||
break;
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
|
||
got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
|
||
break;
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
|
||
got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
|
||
break;
|
||
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
|
||
got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
h->got.refcount += 1;
|
||
old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
|
||
|
||
/* This is a global offset table entry for a local
|
||
symbol. */
|
||
local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
|
||
if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_size_type size;
|
||
|
||
size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
||
size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
|
||
size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
||
local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
|
||
bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
|
||
if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
|
||
sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
|
||
= (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
}
|
||
local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
|
||
old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
|
||
there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
|
||
if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
|
||
&& (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
|
||
{
|
||
if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
|
||
got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
|
||
&& (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
|
||
abfd, h->root.root.string);
|
||
else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
|
||
|| got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
|
||
abfd, h->root.root.string);
|
||
else
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
|
||
abfd, h->root.root.string);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (old_got_type != got_type)
|
||
{
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
|
||
else
|
||
sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
|
||
sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
|
||
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
|
||
if (rel->r_addend)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
(_("%pB: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
|
||
abfd);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (h == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
union gotref *local_funcdesc;
|
||
|
||
/* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
|
||
local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
|
||
if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_size_type size;
|
||
|
||
size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
|
||
local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
|
||
if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
|
||
}
|
||
local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
htab->srofixup->size += 4;
|
||
else
|
||
htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
|
||
sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
|
||
|
||
/* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
|
||
there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
|
||
old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
|
||
if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
|
||
{
|
||
if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
|
||
abfd, h->root.root.string);
|
||
else
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
|
||
abfd, h->root.root.string);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
|
||
/* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
|
||
creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
|
||
|
||
if (h == NULL
|
||
|| h->forced_local
|
||
|| ! bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
|| info->symbolic
|
||
|| h->dynindx == -1)
|
||
goto force_got;
|
||
|
||
h->needs_plt = 1;
|
||
h->plt.refcount += 1;
|
||
((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
|
||
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_PLT32:
|
||
/* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
|
||
actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
|
||
because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
|
||
never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
|
||
don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
|
||
after all. */
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
|
||
creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
|
||
if (h == NULL)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (h->forced_local)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
h->needs_plt = 1;
|
||
h->plt.refcount += 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_DIR32:
|
||
case R_SH_REL32:
|
||
if (h != NULL && ! bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
h->non_got_ref = 1;
|
||
h->plt.refcount += 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
|
||
against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
|
||
against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
|
||
into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
|
||
-Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
|
||
global symbol which is defined in an object we are
|
||
including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
|
||
this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
|
||
possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
|
||
later (it is never cleared). We account for that
|
||
possibility below by storing information in the
|
||
dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
|
||
situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
|
||
visibility changes render the symbol local.
|
||
|
||
If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
|
||
may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
|
||
dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
|
||
symbol. */
|
||
if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
||
&& (r_type != R_SH_REL32
|
||
|| (h != NULL
|
||
&& (! info->symbolic
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
||
|| !h->def_regular))))
|
||
|| (! bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
||
&& h != NULL
|
||
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
||
|| !h->def_regular)))
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
|
||
htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
|
||
|
||
/* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
|
||
reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
|
||
section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
|
||
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
|
||
(sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
|
||
|
||
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
|
||
relocations we need for this symbol. */
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
head = &h->dyn_relocs;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
void *vpp;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
||
|
||
isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->root.sym_cache,
|
||
abfd, r_symndx);
|
||
if (isym == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
|
||
if (s == NULL)
|
||
s = sec;
|
||
|
||
vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
|
||
head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
p = *head;
|
||
if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
|
||
{
|
||
size_t amt = sizeof (*p);
|
||
p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
|
||
if (p == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
p->next = *head;
|
||
*head = p;
|
||
p->sec = sec;
|
||
p->count = 0;
|
||
p->pc_count = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
p->count += 1;
|
||
if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
|
||
p->pc_count += 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
|
||
If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
|
||
fixup. */
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& r_type == R_SH_DIR32
|
||
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
||
htab->srofixup->size += 4;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
|
||
if (bfd_link_dll (info))
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
(_("%pB: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
|
||
abfd);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
|
||
/* Nothing to do. */
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
|
||
static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
|
||
{
|
||
flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
|
||
|
||
if (flags >= ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
|
||
Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
|
||
return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
|
||
Return -1 if no match is found. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
|
||
{
|
||
int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
|
||
|
||
for (; i>0; i--)
|
||
if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
|
||
return i;
|
||
|
||
/* shouldn't get here */
|
||
BFD_FAIL();
|
||
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
|
||
|
||
#ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
|
||
/* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
|
||
{
|
||
if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
|
||
|
||
#ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
|
||
|
||
/* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
|
||
corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
|
||
{
|
||
extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
|
||
unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
|
||
|
||
return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Merge the architecture type of two BFD files, such that the
|
||
resultant architecture supports all the features required
|
||
by the two input BFDs.
|
||
If the input BFDs are multually incompatible - i.e. one uses
|
||
DSP while the other uses FPU - or there is no known architecture
|
||
that fits the requirements then an error is emitted. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
|
||
unsigned int old_arch, new_arch, merged_arch;
|
||
|
||
if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
old_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
|
||
new_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
|
||
|
||
merged_arch = SH_MERGE_ARCH_SET (old_arch, new_arch);
|
||
|
||
if (!SH_VALID_CO_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: uses %s instructions while previous modules "
|
||
"use %s instructions"),
|
||
ibfd,
|
||
SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "dsp" : "floating point",
|
||
SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "floating point" : "dsp");
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!SH_VALID_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("internal error: merge of architecture '%s' with "
|
||
"architecture '%s' produced unknown architecture"),
|
||
bfd_printable_name (obfd),
|
||
bfd_printable_name (ibfd));
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bfd_default_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_sh,
|
||
sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (merged_arch));
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
|
||
calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
|
||
|
||
/* FIXME: What should be checked when linking shared libraries? */
|
||
if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
|
||
{
|
||
/* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
|
||
elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
|
||
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
|
||
sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
|
||
if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
|
||
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, info))
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: uses instructions which are incompatible "
|
||
"with instructions used in previous modules"),
|
||
ibfd);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
|
||
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
|
||
sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
|
||
|
||
if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects"),
|
||
ibfd);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
|
||
|
||
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
|
||
as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
|
||
here. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
|
||
{
|
||
if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
|
||
== fdpic_object_p (abfd));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
|
||
dynamic sections here. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
|
||
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *splt;
|
||
asection *sgotplt;
|
||
asection *srelplt;
|
||
|
||
bfd_vma plt_index;
|
||
bfd_vma got_offset;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
|
||
|
||
/* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
|
||
it up. */
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
||
|
||
splt = htab->root.splt;
|
||
sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
|
||
srelplt = htab->root.srelplt;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
|
||
corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
|
||
in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
|
||
first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
|
||
plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
|
||
|
||
plt_info = htab->plt_info;
|
||
if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
|
||
plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
|
||
|
||
/* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
|
||
corresponds to this function. */
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
/* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
|
||
before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
|
||
bytes. */
|
||
got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
|
||
else
|
||
/* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
|
||
reserved. */
|
||
got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
|
||
memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
|
||
plt_info->symbol_entry,
|
||
plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info) || htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
{
|
||
if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_reloc_status_type r;
|
||
r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
|
||
splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
|
||
h->plt.offset
|
||
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
install_plt_field (output_bfd, false, got_offset,
|
||
(splt->contents
|
||
+ h->plt.offset
|
||
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
|
||
|
||
install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
|
||
(sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sgotplt->output_offset
|
||
+ got_offset),
|
||
(splt->contents
|
||
+ h->plt.offset
|
||
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
|
||
if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
|
||
int distance;
|
||
|
||
/* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
|
||
REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
|
||
PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
|
||
branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
|
||
to the last element of the previous group. */
|
||
/* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
|
||
the common resolver stub. */
|
||
reachable_plts = ((4096
|
||
- plt_info->plt0_entry_size
|
||
- (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
|
||
/ plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
|
||
plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
|
||
if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
|
||
distance = -(h->plt.offset
|
||
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
|
||
else
|
||
distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
|
||
* plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
|
||
|
||
/* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
|
||
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
|
||
0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
|
||
(splt->contents
|
||
+ h->plt.offset
|
||
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
install_plt_field (output_bfd, true,
|
||
splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
|
||
(splt->contents
|
||
+ h->plt.offset
|
||
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
|
||
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
|
||
#endif
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
got_offset = plt_index * 8;
|
||
|
||
if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
|
||
install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
|
||
plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
|
||
(splt->contents
|
||
+ h->plt.offset
|
||
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
|
||
|
||
/* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
||
(splt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ splt->output_offset
|
||
+ h->plt.offset
|
||
+ plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
|
||
sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
||
sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, splt->output_section),
|
||
sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
|
||
|
||
/* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
|
||
rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sgotplt->output_offset
|
||
+ got_offset);
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
|
||
else
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
|
||
rel.r_addend = 0;
|
||
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
||
rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
|
||
#endif
|
||
loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
|
||
Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
|
||
loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
|
||
+ (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
|
||
|
||
/* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
|
||
for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
|
||
rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ splt->output_offset
|
||
+ h->plt.offset
|
||
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
|
||
rel.r_addend = got_offset;
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
||
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
|
||
/* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
|
||
the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
|
||
rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sgotplt->output_offset
|
||
+ got_offset);
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
|
||
rel.r_addend = 0;
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!h->def_regular)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
|
||
the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
|
||
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
|
||
&& sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
|
||
&& sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
|
||
&& sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *sgot;
|
||
asection *srelgot;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
|
||
/* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
|
||
up. */
|
||
|
||
sgot = htab->root.sgot;
|
||
srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
|
||
|
||
rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sgot->output_offset
|
||
+ (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
|
||
symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
|
||
of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
|
||
The entry in the global offset table will already have been
|
||
initialized in the relocate_section function. */
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
{
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
|
||
int dynindx
|
||
= elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
|
||
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
|
||
rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
|
||
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
|
||
rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
|
||
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
|
||
rel.r_addend = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
loc = srelgot->contents;
|
||
loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (h->needs_copy)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
|
||
/* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
|
||
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
|
||
|
||
s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
||
|
||
rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
|
||
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
|
||
rel.r_addend = 0;
|
||
loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
|
||
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
|
||
".got" section. */
|
||
if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
|
||
|| (htab->root.target_os != is_vxworks && h == htab->root.hgot))
|
||
sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
asection *sgotplt;
|
||
asection *sdyn;
|
||
|
||
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
|
||
sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
|
||
|
||
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *splt;
|
||
Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
|
||
|
||
dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
|
||
dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
|
||
for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
|
||
|
||
switch (dyn.d_tag)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks
|
||
&& elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case DT_PLTGOT:
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
|
||
s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
|
||
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
|
||
+ s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case DT_JMPREL:
|
||
s = htab->root.srelplt->output_section;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
||
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case DT_PLTRELSZ:
|
||
s = htab->root.srelplt->output_section;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
||
dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
|
||
splt = htab->root.splt;
|
||
if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int i;
|
||
|
||
memcpy (splt->contents,
|
||
htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
|
||
htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
|
||
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
|
||
if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
|
||
install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
|
||
(sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ sgotplt->output_offset
|
||
+ (i * 4)),
|
||
(splt->contents
|
||
+ htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
|
||
|
||
if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
|
||
/* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
|
||
first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
|
||
loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
|
||
rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ splt->output_offset
|
||
+ htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
|
||
rel.r_addend = 8;
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
||
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
|
||
/* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
|
||
They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
|
||
_P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
|
||
output. */
|
||
while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
|
||
R_SH_DIR32);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
||
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
|
||
/* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
|
||
R_SH_DIR32);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
||
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
|
||
really seem like the right value. */
|
||
elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
|
||
if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
{
|
||
if (sdyn == NULL)
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
|
||
else
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
||
sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
|
||
sgotplt->contents);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
|
||
elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
|
||
|
||
/* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
|
||
bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
|
||
+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
|
||
|
||
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
|
||
== htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->root.srelgot)
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
|
||
== htab->root.srelgot->size);
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
|
||
sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
|
||
{
|
||
switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
|
||
{
|
||
case R_SH_RELATIVE:
|
||
return reloc_class_relative;
|
||
case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
|
||
return reloc_class_plt;
|
||
case R_SH_COPY:
|
||
return reloc_class_copy;
|
||
default:
|
||
return reloc_class_normal;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
|
||
/* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
||
{
|
||
int offset;
|
||
unsigned int size;
|
||
|
||
switch (note->descsz)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
case 168: /* Linux/SH */
|
||
/* pr_cursig */
|
||
elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
|
||
|
||
/* pr_pid */
|
||
elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
|
||
|
||
/* pr_reg */
|
||
offset = 72;
|
||
size = 92;
|
||
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
||
return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
|
||
size, note->descpos + offset);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (note->descsz)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
|
||
elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
|
||
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
|
||
elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
|
||
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
|
||
onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
|
||
implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
|
||
int n = strlen (command);
|
||
|
||
if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
|
||
command[n - 1] = '\0';
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
|
||
or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_vma
|
||
sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
|
||
const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
|
||
|
||
plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
|
||
return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
|
||
shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
|
||
/* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
|
||
if (htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_byte
|
||
sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
|
||
asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
|
||
bfd_vma *encoded)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
||
|
||
if (!htab->fdpic_p)
|
||
return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
|
||
loc_offset, encoded);
|
||
|
||
h = htab->root.hgot;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
|
||
|
||
if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
|
||
== sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
|
||
return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
|
||
loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
|
||
== (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
|
||
(abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
|
||
|
||
*encoded = osec->vma + offset
|
||
- (h->root.u.def.value
|
||
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
|
||
|
||
return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vec
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
|
||
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_le_vec
|
||
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
|
||
#define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA
|
||
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
|
||
#ifdef __QNXTARGET__
|
||
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
|
||
#else
|
||
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
|
||
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
|
||
sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
|
||
#define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
|
||
#define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
|
||
sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
|
||
#define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
|
||
sh_elf_copy_private_data
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
|
||
sh_elf_merge_private_data
|
||
|
||
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
|
||
#define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
|
||
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
|
||
sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
|
||
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
|
||
sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
|
||
sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
|
||
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
|
||
sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
|
||
#define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
|
||
sh_elf_always_size_sections
|
||
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
|
||
sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
|
||
#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
|
||
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
|
||
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
|
||
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
|
||
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
|
||
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
|
||
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
|
||
#define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
|
||
sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
|
||
#define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
|
||
sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
|
||
#define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
|
||
sh_elf_encode_eh_address
|
||
|
||
#define elf_backend_stack_align 8
|
||
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
|
||
#define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
|
||
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
|
||
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
|
||
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
|
||
#define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
|
||
#define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
|
||
|
||
#define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 true
|
||
|
||
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
|
||
|
||
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
||
|
||
/* NetBSD support. */
|
||
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
|
||
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
|
||
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
|
||
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
|
||
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
|
||
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
|
||
#undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
|
||
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
|
||
#undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
|
||
#undef elf_symbol_leading_char
|
||
#define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
|
||
#undef elf32_bed
|
||
#define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
|
||
|
||
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Linux support. */
|
||
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
|
||
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
|
||
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
|
||
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_linux_vec
|
||
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
|
||
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
|
||
#undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
|
||
#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
|
||
|
||
#undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
|
||
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
|
||
#undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
|
||
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
|
||
#undef elf32_bed
|
||
#define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
|
||
|
||
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* FDPIC support. */
|
||
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
|
||
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
|
||
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
|
||
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
|
||
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
|
||
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
|
||
|
||
#undef elf32_bed
|
||
#define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
|
||
|
||
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
||
|
||
/* VxWorks support. */
|
||
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
|
||
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
|
||
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
|
||
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
|
||
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
|
||
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
|
||
#undef elf32_bed
|
||
#define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
|
||
|
||
#undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
|
||
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
|
||
#undef elf_symbol_leading_char
|
||
#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
|
||
#define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
|
||
#undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
|
||
#undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
|
||
#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
|
||
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
|
||
#undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
|
||
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
|
||
elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
|
||
#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
|
||
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
|
||
#undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
|
||
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
|
||
elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
|
||
#undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
|
||
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
|
||
#undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
|
||
|
||
#undef ELF_TARGET_OS
|
||
#define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
|
||
|
||
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
||
|
||
#endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
|